1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
54 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
55 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
189 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h & 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
226 unsigned long h = 5381;
229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
231 return h & 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
255 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
271 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
275 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
277 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
278 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
281 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
282 if (shstrtab == NULL)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
286 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
305 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
308 return (char *) shstrtab;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
313 unsigned int shindex,
314 unsigned int strindex)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
324 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
326 if (hdr->contents == NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
330 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
332 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
336 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
342 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
364 const bfd_byte *esym;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
384 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
390 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
391 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
392 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
393 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
394 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
396 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
397 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
399 if (extsym_buf == NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
407 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
411 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
412 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
415 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
417 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
419 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
428 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
430 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
432 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
433 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
439 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
440 shndx = extshndx_buf;
442 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
443 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
445 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
449 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
456 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
458 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
459 free (alloc_extshndx);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
472 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
473 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
475 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
479 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
480 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
483 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
486 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
487 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group {
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
508 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
516 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
517 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
524 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
535 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i, shnum;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
564 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
574 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
580 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
587 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
595 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
596 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
607 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
619 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
626 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
627 if (src == shdr->contents)
630 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
631 shdr->bfd_section->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
641 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
648 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
655 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
656 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
669 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
671 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
680 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
686 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
689 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
718 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
719 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
726 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
735 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
736 bed->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection *linksec = NULL;
744 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
746 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
747 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s->owner, s, elfsec);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
773 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
774 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
777 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
778 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
779 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
780 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
798 shdr->bfd_section->name);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
822 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
824 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
827 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
831 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
832 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
833 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
839 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
847 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
848 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
849 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
850 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
851 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
855 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
858 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
859 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
862 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
867 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
868 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
869 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
871 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
874 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
875 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
877 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
879 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
889 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
890 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
891 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
892 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
893 else if (name[1] == 'l')
895 else if (name[1] == 's')
897 else if (name[1] == 'z')
898 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
901 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
902 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
906 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
907 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
908 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
909 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
910 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
911 all but one of the sections. */
912 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
913 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
914 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
916 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
917 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
918 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
921 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
924 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
925 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
926 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
927 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
931 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
934 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
938 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
940 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
941 unsigned int i, nload;
943 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
944 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
945 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
946 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
947 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
948 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
949 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
951 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
953 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
956 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
957 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
959 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
960 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
961 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
962 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
964 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
965 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
966 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
968 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
969 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
970 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
971 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
972 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
973 segment will contain sections with contiguous
974 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
975 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
976 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
978 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
979 offsets whether a section with zero size should
980 be placed at the end of one segment or the
981 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
982 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
983 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
984 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
990 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
991 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
992 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
993 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
994 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
996 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
999 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1001 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1002 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1003 action = decompress;
1007 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1008 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0)
1018 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1020 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1021 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1027 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1029 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1030 if (new_name == NULL)
1034 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1049 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1050 if (new_name == NULL)
1053 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1057 if (new_name != NULL)
1058 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1064 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1065 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1066 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1067 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1070 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1071 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1072 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1073 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1074 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1075 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1076 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1077 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1078 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1080 bfd_reloc_status_type
1081 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1082 arelent *reloc_entry,
1084 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1085 asection *input_section,
1087 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1089 if (output_bfd != NULL
1090 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1091 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1092 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1094 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1095 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1098 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1101 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1105 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1107 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1108 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1111 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1112 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1113 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1115 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1116 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1117 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1119 /* Copy object attributes. */
1120 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1125 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1130 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1131 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1132 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1133 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1134 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1135 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1136 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1137 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1138 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1139 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1140 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1141 default: pt = NULL; break;
1146 /* Print out the program headers. */
1149 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1151 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1152 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1154 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1156 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1161 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1162 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1163 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1165 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1170 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1173 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1174 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1175 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1177 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1179 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1180 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1181 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1182 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1184 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1185 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1186 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1187 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1188 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1189 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1194 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1197 unsigned int elfsec;
1198 unsigned long shlink;
1199 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1201 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1203 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1205 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1208 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1209 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1211 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1213 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1214 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1217 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1218 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1220 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1221 const char *name = "";
1223 bfd_boolean stringp;
1224 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1226 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1228 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1235 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1236 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1238 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1240 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1245 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1246 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1247 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1248 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1249 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1250 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1251 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1252 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1253 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1254 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1255 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1256 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1257 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1258 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1259 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1260 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1261 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1262 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1263 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1264 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1265 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1266 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1267 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1268 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1271 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1272 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1274 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1275 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1276 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1277 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1278 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1279 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1280 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1281 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1282 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1283 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1284 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1285 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1286 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1287 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1288 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1289 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1290 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1291 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1292 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1293 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1294 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1295 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1296 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1297 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1298 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1299 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1300 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1301 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1302 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1305 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1309 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1314 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1316 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1319 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1328 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1329 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1335 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1337 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1339 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1340 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1342 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1343 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1344 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1345 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1347 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1350 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1354 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1360 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1362 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1364 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1365 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1367 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1369 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1370 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1371 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1372 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1373 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1374 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1386 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1389 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1392 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1394 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1397 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1398 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1400 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1401 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1402 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1403 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1405 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1407 const char *section_name;
1408 const char *name = NULL;
1409 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1410 unsigned char st_other;
1413 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1415 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1416 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1417 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1421 name = symbol->name;
1422 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1425 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1426 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1427 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1428 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1429 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1430 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1431 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1433 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1434 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1436 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1437 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1438 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1439 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1441 unsigned int vernum;
1442 const char *version_string;
1444 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1447 version_string = "";
1448 else if (vernum == 1)
1449 version_string = "Base";
1450 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1452 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1455 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1457 version_string = "";
1458 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1462 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1464 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1466 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1468 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1475 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1476 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1481 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1482 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1487 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1488 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1493 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1494 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1495 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1497 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1499 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1502 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1508 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1510 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1511 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1513 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1515 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1520 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1521 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1522 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1524 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1531 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1533 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1536 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1543 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1546 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1547 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1548 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1553 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1554 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1557 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1560 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1561 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1562 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1563 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1564 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1565 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1566 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1567 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1568 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1571 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1572 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1574 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1576 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1577 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1578 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1581 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1582 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1583 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1585 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1590 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1592 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1594 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1596 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1597 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1598 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1599 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1601 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1602 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1606 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1608 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1609 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1611 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1612 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1614 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1622 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1623 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1626 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1628 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1630 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1632 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1633 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1634 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1638 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1639 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1640 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1641 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1642 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1644 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1645 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1646 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1647 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1648 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1650 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1651 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1652 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1656 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1657 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1658 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1659 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1661 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1663 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1664 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1666 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1667 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1668 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1672 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1674 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1675 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1676 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1680 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1684 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1685 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1688 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1690 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1692 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1694 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1695 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1696 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1701 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1702 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1703 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1704 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1706 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1707 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1708 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1710 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1711 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1714 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1715 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1716 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1717 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1720 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1721 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1723 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1725 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1726 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1729 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1732 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1733 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1739 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1740 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1741 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1742 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1744 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1748 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1749 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1750 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1751 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1753 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1755 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1756 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1758 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1759 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1761 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1764 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1766 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1768 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1769 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1773 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1777 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1779 asection *target_sect;
1780 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1781 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1782 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1786 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1787 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1790 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1791 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1793 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1794 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1795 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1796 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1800 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1801 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1802 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1803 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1804 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1805 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1806 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1808 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1809 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1810 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1811 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1817 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1819 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1820 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1831 hdr->sh_link = found;
1834 /* Get the symbol table. */
1835 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1836 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1837 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1840 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1841 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1842 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1843 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1844 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1845 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1846 sh_link points to the null section. */
1847 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1848 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1849 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1850 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1851 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1852 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1853 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1856 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1858 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1859 if (target_sect == NULL)
1862 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1863 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1864 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1866 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1868 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1869 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1870 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1875 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1876 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1877 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1878 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1879 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1880 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1881 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1882 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1884 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1885 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1887 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1891 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1892 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1893 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1894 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1896 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1897 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1899 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1900 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1901 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1903 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1904 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1905 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1906 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1912 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1914 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1916 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1918 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1919 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1922 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1923 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1924 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1926 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1928 while (--n_elt != 0)
1932 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1933 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1934 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1936 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1944 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1945 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1946 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1948 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1950 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1954 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1955 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1958 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1960 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1961 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1962 for applications? */
1963 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1964 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1965 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1966 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1968 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1969 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1972 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1973 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1974 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1975 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1976 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1978 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1979 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1981 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1982 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1983 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1984 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1985 be rejected with an error message. */
1986 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1987 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1989 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1991 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1995 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1996 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1997 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1998 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2006 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2009 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2011 unsigned long r_symndx)
2013 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2015 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2017 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2018 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2019 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2021 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2022 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2023 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2026 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2028 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2031 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2034 return &cache->sym[ent];
2037 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2041 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2043 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2045 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2048 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2051 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2054 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2057 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2060 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2072 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2075 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2079 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2082 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2093 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2096 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2099 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2107 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2110 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2113 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2119 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2120 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2123 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2127 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2133 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2136 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2143 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2144 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2145 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2146 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2147 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2155 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2158 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2160 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2164 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2167 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2169 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2170 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2171 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2173 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2174 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2175 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2176 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2179 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2181 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2183 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2185 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2186 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2187 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2193 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2196 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2197 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2198 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2204 len = strlen (name);
2206 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2209 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2211 if (len < prefix_len)
2213 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2216 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2217 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2219 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2221 if (suffix_len == 0)
2223 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2224 && (suffix_len == -2
2225 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2231 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2233 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2234 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2244 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2245 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2248 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2249 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2251 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2252 if (sec->name == NULL)
2255 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2256 spec = bed->special_sections;
2259 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2260 bed->special_sections,
2266 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2269 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2270 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2273 spec = special_sections[i];
2278 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2282 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2284 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2285 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2286 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2288 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2291 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2295 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2298 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2299 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2300 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2302 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2303 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2304 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2305 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2306 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2307 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2308 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2309 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2310 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2311 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2312 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2314 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2317 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2318 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2319 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2321 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2322 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2326 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2329 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2331 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2332 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2333 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2334 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2336 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2337 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2338 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2339 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2340 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2341 of combined data+bss.
2343 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2344 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2345 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2346 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2347 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2352 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2353 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2355 const char *type_name)
2363 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2364 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2365 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2367 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2369 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2370 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2371 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2374 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2375 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2376 if (newsect == NULL)
2378 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2379 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2380 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2381 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2382 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2383 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2384 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2386 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2387 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2388 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2390 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2392 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2395 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2397 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2401 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2405 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2406 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2407 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2410 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2411 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2412 if (newsect == NULL)
2414 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2415 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2416 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2417 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2418 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2419 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2420 align = hdr->p_align;
2421 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2422 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2424 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2425 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2426 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2427 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2428 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2429 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2430 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2432 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2433 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2434 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2436 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2437 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2444 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2446 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2448 switch (hdr->p_type)
2451 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2454 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2457 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2460 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2463 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2465 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2475 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2483 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2486 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2487 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2488 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2492 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2496 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2498 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2500 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2501 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2504 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2507 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2508 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2509 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2513 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2514 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2516 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2518 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2520 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2523 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2524 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2525 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2526 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2528 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2529 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2532 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2534 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2536 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2538 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2539 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2540 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2541 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2542 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2543 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2544 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2545 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2546 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2551 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2554 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2556 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2557 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2559 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2562 struct fake_section_arg
2564 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2568 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2571 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2573 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2574 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2575 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2576 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2577 unsigned int sh_type;
2581 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2586 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2588 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2589 asect->name, FALSE);
2590 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2596 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2598 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2599 || asect->user_set_vma)
2600 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2602 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2604 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2605 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2606 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2607 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2608 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2609 copy_private_section_data. */
2611 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2612 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2614 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2616 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2617 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2619 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2621 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2622 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2623 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2624 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2625 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2627 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2628 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2629 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2630 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2631 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2632 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2633 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2636 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2642 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2643 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2644 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2651 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2655 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2659 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2663 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2664 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2668 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2669 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2672 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2673 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2676 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2677 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2678 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2679 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2681 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2682 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2684 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2685 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2688 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2689 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2690 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2691 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2693 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2694 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2696 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2697 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2701 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2705 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2709 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2710 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2711 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2712 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2713 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2714 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2715 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2717 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2718 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2719 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2720 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2722 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2723 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2724 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2726 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2727 if (asect->size == 0
2728 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2730 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2732 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2735 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2736 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2737 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2741 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2742 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2744 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2745 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2746 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2747 create the other. */
2748 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2750 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2753 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2754 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2755 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2757 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2758 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2763 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2764 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2770 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2772 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2778 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2779 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2780 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2781 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2784 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2786 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2787 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2788 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2792 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2793 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2794 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2795 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2798 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2800 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2801 asection *elt, *first;
2805 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2807 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2811 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2813 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2815 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2817 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2818 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2822 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2823 elf_section_syms. */
2824 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2825 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2827 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2829 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2831 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2832 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2833 set until all local symbols are output. */
2834 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2835 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2836 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2837 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2838 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2840 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2842 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2844 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2845 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2847 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2848 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2849 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2850 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2852 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2855 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2857 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2860 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2862 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2863 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2864 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2871 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2873 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2874 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2875 start of the input section group. */
2876 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2878 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2879 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2880 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2881 directives, not that it matters. */
2888 s = s->output_section;
2890 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2892 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2895 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2897 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2902 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2905 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2908 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2909 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2910 in here too, while we're at it. */
2913 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2915 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2917 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2918 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2919 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2920 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2924 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2926 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2927 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2929 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2930 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2932 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2934 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2936 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2938 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2939 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2940 abfd->section_count--;
2943 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2948 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2950 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2952 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2953 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2954 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2957 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2958 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2965 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2972 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2973 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2974 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2976 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2977 || (link_info == NULL
2978 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
2982 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2983 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2984 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
2986 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2987 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2988 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2989 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2990 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2993 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2994 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2997 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
2999 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3000 abfd, section_number);
3004 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3005 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3007 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3008 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3010 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3012 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3013 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3014 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3017 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3018 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3019 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3021 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3025 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3027 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3030 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3031 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3033 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3034 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3036 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3037 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3040 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3045 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3047 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3048 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3049 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3050 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3051 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3053 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3055 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3056 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3057 the relocation entries apply. */
3058 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3060 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3061 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3063 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3065 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3066 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3069 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3070 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3072 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3075 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3076 if (link_info != NULL)
3078 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3079 if (discarded_section (s))
3082 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3083 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3084 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3086 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3087 size as the discarded one. */
3088 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3091 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3097 s = s->output_section;
3098 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3102 /* Handle objcopy. */
3103 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3105 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3106 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3107 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3111 s = s->output_section;
3113 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3118 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3119 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3120 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3122 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3123 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3124 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3125 bed->link_order_error_handler
3126 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3131 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3135 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3136 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3137 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3138 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3139 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3140 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3141 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3143 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3145 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3147 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3151 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3153 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3157 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3158 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3159 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3160 field to point to this section. */
3161 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3162 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3167 len = strlen (sec->name);
3168 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3171 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3172 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3173 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3177 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3179 /* This is a .stab section. */
3180 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3181 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3182 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3189 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3190 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3191 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3192 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3194 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3196 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3199 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3200 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3201 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3202 the version strings. */
3203 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3204 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3206 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3211 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3213 this hash table or version table is for. */
3214 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3216 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3220 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3224 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3225 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3226 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3228 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3229 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3234 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3236 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3237 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3238 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3239 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3241 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3242 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3243 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3246 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3247 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3250 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3252 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3254 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3257 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3258 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3259 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3260 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3261 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3262 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3263 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3264 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3267 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3268 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3271 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3273 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3274 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3275 asymbol **sect_syms;
3276 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3277 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3278 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3279 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3286 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3290 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3292 if (max_index < asect->index)
3293 max_index = asect->index;
3297 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3298 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3300 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3301 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3303 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3304 decided to output. */
3305 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3307 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3309 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3311 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3312 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3314 asection *sec = sym->section;
3316 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3317 sec = sec->output_section;
3319 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3323 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3324 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3326 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3328 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3332 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3333 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3334 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3335 at least in that case. */
3336 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3338 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3340 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3347 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3348 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3349 sizeof (asymbol *));
3351 if (new_syms == NULL)
3354 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3356 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3359 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3360 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3361 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3366 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3368 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3370 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3372 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3375 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3376 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3379 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3381 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3385 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3387 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3388 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3392 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3393 ELF data structure. */
3395 static inline file_ptr
3396 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3398 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3401 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3402 required section alignment. */
3405 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3409 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3410 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3411 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3412 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3413 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3414 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3415 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3419 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3420 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3421 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3424 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3425 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3427 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3428 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3430 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3431 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3432 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3434 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3437 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3438 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3439 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3441 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3444 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3445 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3446 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3448 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3449 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3450 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3454 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3457 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3458 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3459 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3460 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3464 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3465 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3467 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3472 if (link_info == NULL)
3474 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3479 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3480 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3481 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3482 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3483 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3484 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3485 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3486 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3487 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3488 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3489 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3491 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3499 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3501 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3502 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3504 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3505 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3506 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3508 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3509 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3511 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3513 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3515 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3516 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3518 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3521 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3526 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3527 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3529 static bfd_size_type
3530 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3534 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3536 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3537 and one for data. */
3540 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3541 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3543 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3544 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3545 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3550 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3552 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3556 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3558 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3562 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3564 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3568 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3570 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3574 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3576 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3577 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3579 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3581 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3582 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3583 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3584 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3585 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3586 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3588 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3589 while (s->next != NULL
3590 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3591 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3592 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3597 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3599 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3601 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3607 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3608 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3609 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3613 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3619 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3622 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3625 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3627 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3628 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3630 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3631 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3637 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3638 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3645 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3647 static struct elf_segment_map *
3648 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3649 asection **sections,
3654 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3659 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3660 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3661 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3665 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3666 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3667 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3668 m->count = to - from;
3670 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3672 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3673 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3674 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3680 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3683 struct elf_segment_map *
3684 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3686 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3688 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3689 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3693 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3695 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3700 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3703 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3704 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3705 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3707 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3708 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3710 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3711 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3712 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3713 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3715 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3718 unsigned int i, new_count;
3720 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3722 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3723 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3724 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3726 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3730 (*m)->count = new_count;
3732 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3738 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3739 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3741 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3748 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3751 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3754 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3755 asection **sections = NULL;
3756 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3757 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3759 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3762 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3764 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3768 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3769 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3772 unsigned int phdr_index;
3773 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3775 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3776 bfd_boolean writable;
3778 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3779 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3781 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3783 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3785 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3786 sizeof (asection *));
3787 if (sections == NULL)
3790 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3791 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3793 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3794 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3797 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3799 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3803 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3804 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3805 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3808 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3811 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3813 /* Build the mapping. */
3818 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3819 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3821 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3822 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3824 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3825 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3829 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3830 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3831 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3832 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3833 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3838 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3839 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3843 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3851 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3852 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3853 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3857 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3859 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3861 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3864 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3865 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3866 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3867 program headers we will need. */
3870 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3872 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3873 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3874 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
3875 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3876 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3877 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3878 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3879 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3880 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3883 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3886 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3890 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3893 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3895 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3896 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3897 new_segment = FALSE;
3899 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3901 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3902 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3906 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3907 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3909 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3910 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3913 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3914 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3915 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3916 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3917 section can be included in the current segment. */
3918 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3920 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3923 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3924 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3927 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3928 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3930 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3931 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3932 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3935 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3937 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3938 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3939 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3940 new_segment = FALSE;
3943 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3944 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3945 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3947 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3948 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3949 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3950 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3951 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3952 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3953 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3958 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3959 new_segment = FALSE;
3962 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3963 if (last_hdr != NULL
3965 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3967 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3973 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3976 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3977 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3978 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3979 last_size = hdr->size;
3985 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3986 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3988 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3995 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4001 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4002 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4003 last_size = hdr->size;
4007 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4010 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4012 if (last_hdr != NULL
4013 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4014 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4015 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4017 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4025 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4028 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4035 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4036 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4037 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4038 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4039 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4041 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4043 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4044 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4049 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4050 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4051 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4053 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4054 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4055 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4056 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4062 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4063 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4067 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4071 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4072 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4075 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4076 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4080 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4088 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4091 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4092 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4093 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4098 m->count = tls_count;
4099 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4101 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4102 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4104 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4105 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4106 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4113 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4115 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4116 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4117 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4119 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4120 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4124 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4126 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4132 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4134 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4135 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4139 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4140 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4141 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4147 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4149 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4151 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4153 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4154 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4157 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4158 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4159 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4162 if (i == (unsigned) -1)
4165 if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size
4171 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4174 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4175 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4179 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4181 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4189 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4192 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4195 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4197 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4202 if (sections != NULL)
4207 /* Sort sections by address. */
4210 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4212 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4213 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4214 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4216 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4217 place the section into a segment. */
4218 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4220 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4223 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4224 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4225 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4227 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4230 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4232 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4238 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4239 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4240 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4241 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4246 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4251 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4252 before others at the same address. */
4254 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4255 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4262 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4265 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4267 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4268 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4269 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4270 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4271 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4274 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4275 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4277 /* In other words, something like:
4279 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4280 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4281 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4282 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4284 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4286 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4289 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4291 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4295 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4298 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4303 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4304 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4305 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4306 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4307 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4308 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4310 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4311 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4315 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4316 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4317 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4323 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4328 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4330 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4333 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4338 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4339 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4343 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4344 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4346 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4347 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4348 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4349 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4351 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4354 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4356 if (link_info == NULL
4357 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4361 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4365 header_pad = m->header_size;
4370 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4371 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4375 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4376 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4377 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4380 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4382 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4383 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4385 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4386 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4390 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4394 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4395 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4396 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4397 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4398 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4400 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4401 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4402 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4403 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4405 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4407 (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4408 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4409 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4414 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4415 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4417 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4418 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4419 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4425 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4427 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4431 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4433 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4434 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4435 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4436 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4437 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4439 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4440 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4441 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4444 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4445 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4446 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4447 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4448 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4449 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4450 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4455 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4457 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4458 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4459 else if (m->count == 0)
4462 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4464 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4465 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4467 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4468 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4469 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4470 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4471 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4472 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4473 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4475 if (m->p_align_valid)
4476 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4478 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4480 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4481 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4482 else if (m->count == 0)
4483 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4487 no_contents = FALSE;
4489 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4492 bfd_size_type align;
4493 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4495 if (m->p_align_valid)
4499 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4501 unsigned int secalign;
4503 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4504 if (secalign > align_power)
4505 align_power = secalign;
4507 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4508 if (align < maxpagesize)
4509 align = maxpagesize;
4512 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4513 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4514 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4515 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4516 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4517 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4519 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4522 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4523 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4525 no_contents = FALSE;
4529 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4533 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4534 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4535 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4536 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4537 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4538 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4539 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4540 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4545 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4546 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4547 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4549 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4552 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4557 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4558 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4559 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4560 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4566 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4568 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4570 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4571 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4574 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4576 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4577 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4584 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4589 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4591 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4594 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4596 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4600 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4601 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4602 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4606 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4607 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4610 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4611 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4615 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4616 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4618 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4624 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4626 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4627 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4631 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4632 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4633 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4634 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4635 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4636 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4639 bfd_size_type align;
4640 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4643 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4644 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4646 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4647 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4648 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4649 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4650 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4651 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4653 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4654 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4655 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4656 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4660 || p_end < p_start))
4662 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4663 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4664 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4668 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4670 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4672 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4674 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4675 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4677 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4678 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4682 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4686 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4688 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4692 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4693 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4694 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4700 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4709 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4711 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4712 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4713 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4715 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4716 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4717 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4719 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4720 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4721 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4722 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4723 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4724 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4726 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4728 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4731 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4733 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4734 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4735 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4736 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4737 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4738 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4740 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4742 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4743 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4745 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4747 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4748 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4751 if (align > p->p_align
4752 && !m->p_align_valid
4753 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4754 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4758 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4761 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4763 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4769 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4770 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4771 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4773 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4775 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4776 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4777 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4778 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4779 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4780 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4782 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4787 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4789 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4792 sec = m->sections[i];
4793 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4794 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4795 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4797 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4798 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4800 print_segment_map (m);
4806 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4810 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4813 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4814 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4816 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4817 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4818 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4819 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4820 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4821 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4822 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
4823 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4824 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4826 unsigned int num_sec;
4830 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4831 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4832 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4833 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4835 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4836 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4839 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4840 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4841 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4842 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4843 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4844 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4846 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4847 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4848 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4850 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4852 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4853 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4854 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4855 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4858 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4860 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4863 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4864 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4865 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4866 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4867 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4868 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4870 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4873 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4874 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4878 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4880 hdrs_segment = NULL;
4881 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4882 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4887 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4890 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4892 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4893 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4895 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4897 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4898 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4899 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4902 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4903 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4908 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
4910 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4911 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4912 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4914 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
4915 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
4916 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4917 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4919 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
4920 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
4921 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4922 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
4925 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
4926 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4927 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
4929 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4930 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4939 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
4940 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
4944 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
4945 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4948 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4949 hash->def_regular = 1;
4954 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4958 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4960 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4961 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
4963 if (link_info != NULL)
4965 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4967 for (lm = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, lp = phdrs;
4969 lm = lm->next, lp++)
4971 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4972 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
4973 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end
4975 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
4979 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4980 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4981 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
4985 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4986 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4987 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4989 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4990 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4995 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4997 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4998 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4999 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5000 if (link_info != NULL)
5001 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5002 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5003 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5006 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5007 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5008 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5009 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5010 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5012 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5014 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5015 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
5019 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5020 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5023 else if (m->count != 0)
5025 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5026 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5027 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5029 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
5032 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5033 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5035 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5036 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5037 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5039 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5046 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5048 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5049 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5050 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5052 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5054 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5055 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5056 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5060 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5065 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5066 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5067 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5069 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5070 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5071 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5072 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5073 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5074 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5075 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5077 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5080 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5081 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5083 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5084 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5086 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5088 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5089 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5091 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5092 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5093 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5096 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5097 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5099 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5100 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5101 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5102 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5104 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5107 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5108 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5109 || i == tdata->symtab_section
5110 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
5111 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
5113 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5116 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5123 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5124 assignment of sections to segments. */
5125 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5128 /* And for non-load sections. */
5129 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5132 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5134 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5138 /* Write out the program headers. */
5139 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5140 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5141 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5144 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
5147 /* Place the section headers. */
5148 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5149 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5150 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5152 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
5158 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5160 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5161 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5162 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5164 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5166 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5167 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5170 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5172 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5173 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5174 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5175 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5177 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5178 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5179 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5180 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5182 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5183 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5184 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5185 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5186 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5187 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5189 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5191 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5193 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5194 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5197 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5198 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5199 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5200 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5201 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5202 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5203 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5204 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5206 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5209 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5210 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5212 /* No program header, for now. */
5213 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5214 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5215 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5217 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5218 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5219 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5221 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5222 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5223 /* It all happens later. */
5227 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5228 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5231 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5232 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5233 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5234 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5235 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5236 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5237 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5238 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5239 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5245 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5246 of the loadable file image. */
5249 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5252 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5253 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5255 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
5257 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5258 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5263 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5264 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5265 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5268 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5272 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5274 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5275 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5277 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5279 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5280 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5283 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5286 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5290 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5292 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5293 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5294 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5296 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5297 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5298 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5300 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5302 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5303 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5308 /* Write out the section header names. */
5309 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5310 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5311 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5314 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5315 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5316 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5318 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5321 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5322 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
5323 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5329 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5331 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5332 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5335 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5338 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5340 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5341 unsigned int sec_index;
5343 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5344 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5345 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5347 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5348 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5349 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5350 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5351 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5352 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5354 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5356 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5357 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5359 int retval = sec_index;
5361 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5365 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5366 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5371 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5375 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5377 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5379 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5381 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5382 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5383 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5384 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5385 input sections rather than the output section. */
5386 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5387 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5388 && asym_ptr->section)
5393 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5394 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5395 sec = sec->output_section;
5396 if (sec->owner == abfd
5397 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5398 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5399 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5402 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5406 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5407 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5408 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5409 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5410 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5411 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5418 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5419 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5427 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5430 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5432 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5433 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5434 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5435 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5436 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5439 unsigned int num_segments;
5440 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5441 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5442 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5443 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5444 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5445 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5447 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5448 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5451 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5453 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5454 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5456 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5457 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5458 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5459 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5461 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5462 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5463 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5464 ? section->size : 0)
5466 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5467 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5468 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5469 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5470 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5471 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5473 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5474 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5475 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5476 (section->lma >= base \
5477 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5478 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5480 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5481 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5482 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5483 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5484 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5485 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5486 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5488 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5490 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5492 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5496 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5497 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5498 p_memsz set to 0. */
5499 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5501 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5502 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5503 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5504 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5506 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5507 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5508 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5510 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5511 A section will be included if:
5512 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5513 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5514 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5516 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5517 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5518 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5519 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5520 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5521 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5522 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5523 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5524 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5525 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5526 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5527 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5528 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5529 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5530 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5531 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5532 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5533 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5534 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5535 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5536 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5537 || (segment->p_paddr \
5538 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5539 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5540 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5542 && !section->segment_mark)
5544 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5545 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5546 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5547 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5548 && section->output_section != NULL)
5550 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5551 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5552 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5554 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5555 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5556 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5557 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5558 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5560 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5561 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5562 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5563 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5564 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5566 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5567 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5568 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5570 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5571 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5572 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5573 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5574 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5575 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5578 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5580 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5584 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5585 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5586 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5587 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5588 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5593 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5595 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5596 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5597 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5599 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5600 assignment code will work. */
5601 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5605 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5607 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5608 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5609 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5613 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5614 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5616 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5618 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5619 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5622 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5623 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5625 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5627 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5628 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5630 if (extra_length > 0)
5632 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5633 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5636 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5638 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5640 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5645 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5647 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5648 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5650 if (extra_length > 0)
5652 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5653 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5656 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5661 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5662 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5666 unsigned int section_count;
5667 asection **sections;
5668 asection *output_section;
5670 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5671 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5674 asection *first_section;
5675 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5676 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5678 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5681 first_section = NULL;
5682 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5683 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5685 section = section->next)
5687 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5688 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5689 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5691 if (first_section == NULL)
5692 first_section = section;
5693 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5698 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5699 all of the sections we have selected. */
5700 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5701 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5702 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5706 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5707 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5709 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5710 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5711 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5713 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5714 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5716 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5718 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5719 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5722 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5723 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5724 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5725 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5726 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5728 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5730 map->includes_phdrs =
5731 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5732 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5733 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5734 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5736 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5737 phdr_included = TRUE;
5740 if (section_count == 0)
5742 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5743 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5744 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5745 a warning is produced. */
5746 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5747 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5748 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5752 *pointer_to_map = map;
5753 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5758 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5759 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5760 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5761 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5763 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5764 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5767 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5768 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5769 of the first section.
5771 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5772 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5773 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5774 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5775 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5777 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5778 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5779 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5780 or segments to contain the other sections.
5782 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5783 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5784 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5786 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5787 if (sections == NULL)
5790 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5791 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5792 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5793 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5794 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5799 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5800 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5802 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5804 section = section->next)
5805 if (section == first_section)
5808 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5810 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5812 output_section = section->output_section;
5814 sections[j++] = section;
5816 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5817 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5818 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5819 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5821 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5822 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5824 && output_section->lma != 0
5825 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5826 + (map->includes_filehdr
5829 + (map->includes_phdrs
5831 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5833 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5835 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5836 LMA address of the output section. */
5837 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5838 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5839 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5840 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5842 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5844 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5845 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5848 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5849 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5851 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5853 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5855 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5856 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5859 if (j == section_count)
5864 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5866 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5868 if (isec == section_count)
5870 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5871 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5872 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5873 program header in the input BFD. */
5874 map->count = section_count;
5875 *pointer_to_map = map;
5876 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5879 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5880 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5881 && !map->includes_filehdr
5882 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5883 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5884 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5886 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5893 if (!first_matching_lma)
5895 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5896 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5897 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5898 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5902 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5903 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5904 the LMA of the first section. */
5905 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5908 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5909 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5910 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5912 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5913 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5916 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5917 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5921 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5923 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5925 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5927 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5928 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5929 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5930 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5931 offset when we know the correct value. */
5932 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5933 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5936 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5940 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5941 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5942 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5943 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5944 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5945 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5952 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5954 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5955 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5957 section = sections[j];
5959 if (section == NULL)
5962 output_section = section->output_section;
5964 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5966 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5967 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5969 if (map->count == 0)
5971 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5972 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5974 if (output_section->lma
5976 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5977 + (map->includes_phdrs
5978 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5986 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5988 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5989 and the start of this section is more than
5990 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5991 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5993 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5994 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5995 > output_section->lma))
5997 if (first_suggested_lma)
5999 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6000 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6007 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6010 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6012 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6014 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6015 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6019 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6021 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6022 *pointer_to_map = map;
6023 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6025 if (isec < section_count)
6027 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6028 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6029 and carry on looping. */
6030 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6031 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6032 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6039 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6040 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6041 not yet been assigned. */
6043 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6044 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6045 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6046 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6047 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6048 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6049 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6052 while (isec < section_count);
6057 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6059 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6060 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6061 the offset if necessary. */
6062 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6066 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6069 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6070 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6071 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6076 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6077 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6079 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6080 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6081 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6082 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6083 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6084 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6088 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6091 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6093 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6094 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6095 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6096 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6097 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6099 unsigned int num_segments;
6100 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6101 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6103 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6106 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6108 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6109 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6110 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6111 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6112 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6115 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6117 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6121 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6126 unsigned int section_count;
6128 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6129 asection *first_section = NULL;
6130 asection *lowest_section;
6132 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6133 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6135 section = section->next)
6137 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6138 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6140 if (first_section == NULL)
6141 first_section = section;
6146 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6147 all of the sections we have selected. */
6148 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6149 if (section_count != 0)
6150 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6151 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6155 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6158 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6159 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6160 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6161 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6162 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6163 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6164 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6165 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6167 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6169 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6170 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6171 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6172 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6173 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6174 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6177 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6178 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6179 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6180 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6182 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6183 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6185 map->includes_phdrs =
6186 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6187 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6188 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6189 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6191 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6192 phdr_included = TRUE;
6195 lowest_section = first_section;
6196 if (section_count != 0)
6198 unsigned int isec = 0;
6200 for (section = first_section;
6202 section = section->next)
6204 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6205 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6207 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6208 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6209 lowest_section = section;
6210 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6214 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6215 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6216 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6217 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6219 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6220 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6222 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6223 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6224 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6226 if (isec == section_count)
6232 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6233 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6234 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6236 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6237 && !map->includes_filehdr
6238 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6239 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6240 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6241 - segment->p_paddr);
6243 map->count = section_count;
6244 *pointer_to_map = map;
6245 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6248 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6252 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6256 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6258 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6259 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6262 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6265 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6267 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6268 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6269 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6270 asection *section, *osec;
6271 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6272 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6273 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6275 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6277 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6278 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6281 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6282 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6283 section = section->next)
6284 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6286 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6287 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6291 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6292 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6293 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6294 map in this case. */
6295 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6296 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6297 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6300 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6301 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6303 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6304 from the input BFD. */
6305 osec = section->output_section;
6307 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6309 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6310 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6311 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6313 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6314 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6316 || section->flags != osec->flags
6317 || section->lma != osec->lma
6318 || section->vma != osec->vma
6319 || section->size != osec->size
6320 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6321 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6327 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6329 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6330 section = section->next)
6332 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6335 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6338 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6342 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6344 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6345 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6346 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6348 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6349 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
6351 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6354 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6355 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
6356 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
6358 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
6359 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
6362 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6365 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6368 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6372 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6376 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6378 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6379 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6382 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6384 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6385 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6386 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6387 that the linker clears to differ. */
6388 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6389 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6391 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6392 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6393 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6395 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6396 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6397 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6399 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6400 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6401 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6402 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6405 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6406 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6408 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6409 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6410 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6411 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6415 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6417 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6418 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6419 may be NULL at this point. */
6420 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6422 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6423 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6424 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6427 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6432 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6433 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6436 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6441 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6443 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6444 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6447 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6448 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6450 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6452 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6453 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6454 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6455 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6456 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6458 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6462 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6463 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6464 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6465 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6466 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6470 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6474 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6475 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6477 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6478 asection *s = first;
6479 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6483 /* If this member section is being output but the
6484 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6485 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6486 if (s->output_section != discarded
6487 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6489 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6490 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6492 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6493 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6494 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6495 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6497 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6503 if (discarded != NULL)
6505 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6506 adjust the input section size. This function may
6507 be called multiple times, so save the original
6509 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6510 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6511 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6515 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6517 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6525 /* Copy private header information. */
6528 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6530 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6531 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6534 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6535 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6536 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6537 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6538 already been worked out. */
6539 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6541 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6545 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6548 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6549 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6550 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6551 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6552 swap_out_syms function. */
6554 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6555 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6556 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6557 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6558 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6561 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6566 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6568 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6569 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6572 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6573 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6576 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6578 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6582 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6583 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6584 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6585 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6586 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6587 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6589 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6590 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6591 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6592 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6593 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6599 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6602 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6603 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6606 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6609 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6610 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6611 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6612 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6613 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6614 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6617 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6619 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6622 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6623 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6627 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6628 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6629 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6630 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6631 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6632 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6633 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6634 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6636 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6637 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6639 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6640 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6641 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6643 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6646 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6648 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6649 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6650 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6652 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6653 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6654 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6655 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6657 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6661 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6662 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6663 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6664 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6665 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6668 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6670 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6671 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6677 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6678 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6679 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6680 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6681 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6682 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6686 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6687 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6689 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6690 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6692 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6693 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6694 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6695 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6698 if (!name_local_sections
6699 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6701 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6706 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6709 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6711 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6716 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6718 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6719 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6721 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6722 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6723 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6724 sym.st_size = value;
6725 if (type_ptr == NULL
6726 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6727 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6729 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6730 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6731 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6735 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6738 if (sec->output_section)
6740 value += sec->output_offset;
6741 sec = sec->output_section;
6744 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6745 if (! relocatable_p)
6747 sym.st_value = value;
6748 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6750 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6752 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6754 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6755 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6756 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6757 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6761 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6764 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6767 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6770 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6773 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6782 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6784 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6788 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6789 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6790 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6791 demand of applications. For example, it
6792 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6793 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6794 actually in the output file. */
6795 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6798 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6799 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6800 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6802 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6803 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6807 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6808 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6812 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6815 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6817 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6818 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6819 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6821 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6823 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6825 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6830 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6833 /* Processor-specific types. */
6834 if (type_ptr != NULL
6835 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6836 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6837 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6839 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6841 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6842 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6844 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6846 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6848 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6849 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6850 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6853 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6855 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6856 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6860 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6861 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6864 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6866 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6868 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6869 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6870 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6872 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6875 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6878 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6880 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6881 sym.st_target_internal
6882 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6887 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6890 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6891 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6892 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6893 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6897 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6898 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6900 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6901 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6902 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6903 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6904 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6905 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6910 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6912 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6913 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6914 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6917 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6921 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6923 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6924 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6926 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6932 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6936 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6938 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6940 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6944 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6945 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6947 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6953 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6956 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6959 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6962 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6969 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6971 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6974 tblptr = section->relocation;
6975 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6976 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6980 return section->reloc_count;
6984 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6986 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6987 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6990 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6995 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6996 asymbol **allocation)
6998 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6999 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7002 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7006 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7007 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7008 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7009 dynamic reloc section. */
7012 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7017 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7023 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7024 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7025 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7026 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7027 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7028 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7029 * sizeof (arelent *));
7034 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7035 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7036 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7037 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7038 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7039 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7040 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7043 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7047 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7051 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7053 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7057 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7059 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7061 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7062 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7063 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7068 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7070 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7072 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7083 /* Read in the version information. */
7086 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7088 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7089 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7091 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7093 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7094 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7095 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7097 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7099 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7101 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7102 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7103 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7106 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7108 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7109 if (contents == NULL)
7111 error_return_verref:
7112 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7113 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7116 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7117 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7118 goto error_return_verref;
7120 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7121 goto error_return_verref;
7123 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7124 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7125 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7126 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7127 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7128 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7130 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7131 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7136 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7138 iverneed->vn_filename =
7139 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7141 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7142 goto error_return_verref;
7144 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7145 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7148 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7149 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7150 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7151 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7152 goto error_return_verref;
7155 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7156 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7157 goto error_return_verref;
7159 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7160 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7161 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7162 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7164 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7166 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7167 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7168 ivernaux->vna_name);
7169 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7170 goto error_return_verref;
7172 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7173 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7175 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7177 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7178 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7179 goto error_return_verref;
7181 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7182 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7184 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7185 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7188 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7189 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7191 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7193 if (iverneed->vn_next
7194 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7195 goto error_return_verref;
7197 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7198 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7205 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7207 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7208 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7209 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7210 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7211 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7213 unsigned int maxidx;
7214 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7216 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7218 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7219 if (contents == NULL)
7221 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7222 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7225 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7228 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7229 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7230 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7231 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7232 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7233 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7235 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7236 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7238 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7240 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7242 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7244 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7245 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7247 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7248 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7251 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7252 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7255 if (default_imported_symver)
7257 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7262 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7263 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7264 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7267 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7269 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7270 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7271 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7273 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7274 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7277 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7279 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7281 error_return_verdef:
7282 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7283 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7287 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7288 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7290 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7292 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7293 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7296 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7297 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7298 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7299 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7300 goto error_return_verdef;
7304 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7305 goto error_return_verdef;
7307 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7308 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7309 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7310 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7312 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7314 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7315 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7316 iverdaux->vda_name);
7317 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7318 goto error_return_verdef;
7320 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7321 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7323 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7325 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7326 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7327 goto error_return_verdef;
7329 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7330 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7333 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7334 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7336 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7337 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7339 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7341 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7342 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7348 else if (default_imported_symver)
7355 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7356 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7357 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7360 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7363 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7364 if (default_imported_symver)
7366 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7369 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
7371 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7372 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7373 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7374 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7376 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7378 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7379 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7380 goto error_return_verdef;
7381 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7382 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7383 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7384 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7385 goto error_return_verdef;
7387 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7388 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7389 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7395 if (contents != NULL)
7401 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7403 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7404 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7406 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7411 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7412 return &newsym->symbol;
7417 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7421 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7424 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7425 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7429 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7432 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7433 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7436 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7437 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7438 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7441 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7442 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7443 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7444 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7445 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7446 we treat such symbols as local. */
7447 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7454 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7455 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7462 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7463 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7464 unsigned long machine)
7466 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7467 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7468 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7469 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7470 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7473 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7476 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7477 for error reporting. */
7480 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7484 const char **filename_ptr,
7485 const char **functionname_ptr)
7487 static asection *last_section;
7488 static asymbol **last_symbols;
7489 static asymbol *func;
7490 static const char *filename;
7491 static bfd_size_type func_size;
7493 if (symbols == NULL)
7496 if (last_section != section
7497 || last_symbols != symbols
7499 || offset < func->value
7500 || offset >= func->value + func_size)
7505 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7506 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7507 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7508 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7509 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7510 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7511 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7512 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7513 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7514 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7520 state = nothing_seen;
7522 last_section = section;
7523 last_symbols = symbols;
7525 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7531 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7534 if (state == symbol_seen)
7535 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7539 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off);
7541 && code_off <= offset
7542 && (code_off > low_func
7543 || (code_off == low_func
7544 && size > func_size)))
7548 low_func = code_off;
7551 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7552 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7553 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7555 if (state == nothing_seen)
7556 state = symbol_seen;
7564 *filename_ptr = filename;
7565 if (functionname_ptr)
7566 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7571 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7572 for error reporting. */
7575 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7579 const char **filename_ptr,
7580 const char **functionname_ptr,
7581 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7583 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols,
7584 offset, filename_ptr,
7591 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd,
7595 const char **filename_ptr,
7596 const char **functionname_ptr,
7597 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7598 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7602 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7603 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7606 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7607 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7608 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7614 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7615 section, symbols, offset,
7616 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7617 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7618 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7620 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7621 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7622 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7628 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7629 &found, filename_ptr,
7630 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7631 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7633 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7636 if (symbols == NULL)
7639 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7640 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7647 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7650 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7651 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7653 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7654 filename_ptr, line_ptr,
7659 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7660 const char **filename_ptr,
7661 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7662 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7664 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7665 filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7666 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7669 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7670 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7671 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7672 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7673 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7676 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7677 const char **filename_ptr,
7678 const char **functionname_ptr,
7679 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7682 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7683 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7684 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7689 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7691 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7692 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7694 if (!info->relocatable)
7696 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7698 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7700 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7703 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7704 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7707 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7710 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7718 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7720 const void *location,
7722 bfd_size_type count)
7724 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7727 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7728 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7731 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7732 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7733 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7734 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7741 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7742 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7743 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7748 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7751 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7753 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7755 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7757 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7758 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7760 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7761 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7763 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7765 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7768 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7771 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7774 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7777 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7780 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7783 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7789 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7791 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7793 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7794 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7796 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7801 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7807 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7810 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7813 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7816 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7819 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7825 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7829 areloc->howto = howto;
7837 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7838 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7839 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7840 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7845 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7847 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7848 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7850 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7851 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7852 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7855 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7858 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7859 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7860 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7863 bfd_reloc_status_type
7864 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7865 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7866 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7867 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7868 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7870 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7873 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7874 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7875 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7876 out details about the corefile. */
7878 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7879 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7880 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7881 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7884 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7885 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7888 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7892 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
7894 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid;
7899 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7900 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7901 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7905 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7909 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7912 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7916 sect2->size = sect->size;
7917 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7918 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7922 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7923 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7924 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7925 such a section already exists.
7926 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7927 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7928 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7930 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7936 char *threaded_name;
7940 /* Build the section name. */
7942 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7943 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7944 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7945 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7947 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7949 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7954 sect->filepos = filepos;
7955 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7957 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7960 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7962 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7966 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7969 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7974 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7978 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7979 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7980 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7982 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7983 has already been set by another thread. */
7984 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7985 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7986 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
7987 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7989 /* pr_who exists on:
7992 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7995 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7996 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7998 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8001 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8002 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
8004 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8005 prstatus32_t prstat;
8007 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8008 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8009 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8011 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8012 has already been set by another thread. */
8013 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8014 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8015 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
8016 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8018 /* pr_who exists on:
8021 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8024 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8025 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8027 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8030 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8033 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8034 note size (ie. data object type). */
8038 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8039 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8040 size, note->descpos + offset);
8042 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8044 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8046 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8048 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8050 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8051 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8054 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8055 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8056 data structure apart. */
8059 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8061 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8064 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8065 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8069 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8071 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8074 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8075 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8076 contents literally. */
8079 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8081 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8085 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8087 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8091 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8093 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8097 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8099 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8103 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8105 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8109 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8111 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8115 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8117 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8121 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8123 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8127 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8129 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8133 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8135 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8139 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8141 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8145 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8147 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8150 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8151 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8152 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8153 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8157 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8158 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8159 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8160 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8164 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8165 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8166 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8169 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8172 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8180 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8184 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8190 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8192 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8194 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8196 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8198 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8200 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8201 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8203 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8204 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8205 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8207 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8208 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8209 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8211 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8212 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8214 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8215 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8217 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8219 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8220 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8222 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8223 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8224 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8226 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8227 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8228 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8234 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8235 note size (ie. data object type). */
8239 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8240 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8241 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8244 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
8245 int n = strlen (command);
8247 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8248 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8253 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8255 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8257 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8259 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8260 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8261 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8267 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8269 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8271 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8272 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8274 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8277 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8279 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8282 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8283 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8284 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8288 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8290 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8292 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8294 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8300 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8301 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8302 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8307 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8309 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8310 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8312 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8313 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8315 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8317 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8318 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8319 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8322 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8324 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8328 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8329 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8330 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8331 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8334 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8335 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8336 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8339 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8341 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8344 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8346 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8347 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8348 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8351 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8353 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8357 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8358 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8359 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8360 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8363 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8364 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8365 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8368 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8370 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8372 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8375 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8382 int is_active_thread;
8385 if (note->descsz < 728)
8388 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8391 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8395 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8396 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8397 /* process_info.pid */
8398 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8399 /* process_info.signal */
8400 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8403 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8404 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8405 /* thread_info.tid */
8406 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8408 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8409 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8413 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8415 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8419 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8421 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8422 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8423 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8425 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8426 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8428 if (is_active_thread)
8429 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8433 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8434 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8435 /* module_info.base_address */
8436 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8437 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8439 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8440 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8444 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8446 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8451 sect->size = note->descsz;
8452 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8453 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8464 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8466 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8474 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8475 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8477 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8478 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8483 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8485 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8488 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8490 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8493 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8494 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8496 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8497 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8499 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8500 if (note->namesz == 6
8501 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8502 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8506 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8507 if (note->namesz == 6
8508 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8509 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8514 if (note->namesz == 6
8515 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8516 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8521 if (note->namesz == 6
8522 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8523 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8527 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8528 if (note->namesz == 6
8529 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8530 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8535 if (note->namesz == 6
8536 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8537 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8541 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8542 if (note->namesz == 6
8543 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8544 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8548 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8549 if (note->namesz == 6
8550 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8551 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8556 if (note->namesz == 6
8557 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8558 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8562 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8563 if (note->namesz == 6
8564 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8565 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8569 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8570 if (note->namesz == 6
8571 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8572 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8576 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8577 if (note->namesz == 6
8578 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8579 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8584 if (note->namesz == 6
8585 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8586 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8592 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8593 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8595 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8596 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8603 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8608 sect->size = note->descsz;
8609 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8610 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8618 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8620 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
8621 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
8622 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
8625 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8631 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8638 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8639 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8644 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8646 struct sdt_note *cur =
8647 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8650 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8651 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8652 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8654 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8660 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8665 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8673 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8677 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8680 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8687 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8689 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8690 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8691 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8693 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8694 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8695 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8697 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8698 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8699 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8701 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8706 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8710 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8711 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
8713 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8715 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8716 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8717 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8718 creates a core file. */
8720 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8723 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8724 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8725 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8728 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8732 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8734 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8735 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8737 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8738 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8741 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8742 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8744 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8745 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8751 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8752 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8757 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8758 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8760 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8761 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8771 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8773 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8774 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8775 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8777 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8778 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8779 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8781 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8782 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8783 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8789 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8791 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8792 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8794 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8795 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8797 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8798 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8800 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8801 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8803 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8805 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8810 sect->size = note->descsz;
8811 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8812 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8817 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8819 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8824 sect->size = note->descsz;
8825 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8826 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8835 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8837 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8844 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8845 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8847 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8848 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8850 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8851 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8853 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8854 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8856 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8857 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8860 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8861 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8862 thread just in case. */
8863 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8864 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8866 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8867 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8869 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8874 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8878 sect->size = note->descsz;
8879 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8880 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8882 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8886 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8887 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8895 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8896 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8898 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8903 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8907 sect->size = note->descsz;
8908 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8909 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8911 /* This is the current thread. */
8912 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8913 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8918 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8919 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8920 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8921 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8924 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8926 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8927 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8929 static long tid = 1;
8933 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8934 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8935 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8936 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8937 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8938 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8939 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8940 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8947 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8953 /* Use note name as section name. */
8955 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8958 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8959 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8961 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8965 sect->size = note->descsz;
8966 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8967 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8972 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8975 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8979 size of data for note
8981 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8982 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8983 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8984 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8987 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8990 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8998 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9005 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9007 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9009 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9012 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9013 *bufsiz += newspace;
9014 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9015 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9016 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9017 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9021 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9029 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9040 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9046 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9048 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9051 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9052 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9057 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9058 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9059 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9061 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9063 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9066 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9069 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9070 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9071 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9072 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9073 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9078 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9080 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9083 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9086 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9087 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9088 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9089 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9090 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9092 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9099 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9106 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9108 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9111 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9113 pid, cursig, gregs);
9118 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9119 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9120 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9122 prstatus32_t prstat;
9124 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9125 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9126 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9127 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9128 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9129 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9136 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9137 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9138 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9139 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9140 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9141 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9143 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9149 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9151 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9158 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9159 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9161 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9162 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9163 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9164 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9165 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9166 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9168 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9169 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9171 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9172 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9176 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9178 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9180 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9182 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9186 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9187 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9189 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9190 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9191 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9193 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9197 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9198 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9199 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9200 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9208 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9209 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9210 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9211 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9215 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9218 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9224 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9225 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9226 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9230 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9233 const void *xfpregs,
9236 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9237 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9238 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9242 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9243 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9245 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9246 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9247 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9251 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9254 const void *ppc_vmx,
9257 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9258 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9259 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9263 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9266 const void *ppc_vsx,
9269 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9270 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9271 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9275 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9278 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9281 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9282 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9283 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9284 s390_high_gprs, size);
9288 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9291 const void *s390_timer,
9294 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9295 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9296 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9300 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9303 const void *s390_todcmp,
9306 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9307 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9308 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9312 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9315 const void *s390_todpreg,
9318 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9319 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9320 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9324 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9327 const void *s390_ctrs,
9330 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9331 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9332 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9336 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9339 const void *s390_prefix,
9342 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9343 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9344 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9348 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9351 const void *s390_last_break,
9354 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9355 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9356 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9357 s390_last_break, size);
9361 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9364 const void *s390_system_call,
9367 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9368 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9369 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9370 s390_system_call, size);
9374 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9377 const void *arm_vfp,
9380 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9381 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9382 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9386 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9389 const char *section,
9393 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9394 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9395 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9396 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9397 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9398 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9399 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9400 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9401 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9402 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9403 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9404 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9405 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9406 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9407 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9408 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9409 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9410 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9411 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9412 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9413 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9414 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9415 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9416 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9417 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9418 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9419 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9420 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9425 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9430 while (p < buf + size)
9432 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9433 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9434 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9436 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9439 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9441 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9442 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9443 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9446 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9447 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9448 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9450 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9451 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9454 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9460 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9462 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9465 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9467 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9470 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9472 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9475 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9477 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9482 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9488 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9490 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9493 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9494 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9496 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9502 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9509 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9516 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9519 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9523 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9524 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9534 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9536 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9537 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9538 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9541 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9543 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9545 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9549 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9552 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9553 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9554 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9555 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9557 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9558 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9561 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9565 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9571 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9572 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9573 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9578 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9579 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9581 return reloc_class_normal;
9584 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9585 relocation against a local symbol. */
9588 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9589 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9591 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9593 asection *sec = *psec;
9596 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9597 + sec->output_offset
9599 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9600 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9601 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9604 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9605 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9606 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9609 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9610 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9611 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9612 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9613 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9614 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9615 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9618 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9619 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9625 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9626 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9630 asection *sec = *psec;
9632 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9633 return sym->st_value + addend;
9635 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9636 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9637 sym->st_value + addend);
9641 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9642 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9646 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9648 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9649 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9651 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9652 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9654 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9656 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9657 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9658 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9664 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9665 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9666 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9667 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9668 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9669 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9671 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9672 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9673 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9674 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9675 the remote memory. */
9678 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9682 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
9684 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9685 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9689 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9690 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9691 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9696 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9699 const char *relplt_name;
9700 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9704 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9710 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9713 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9716 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9719 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9720 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9721 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9722 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9726 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9727 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9728 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9731 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9735 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9736 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9739 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9740 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9741 p = relplt->relocation;
9742 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9744 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9748 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9750 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9755 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9759 names = (char *) (s + count);
9760 p = relplt->relocation;
9762 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9767 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9768 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
9771 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
9772 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9773 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9774 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
9775 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
9776 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
9778 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
9781 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
9782 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
9788 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9789 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9790 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
9791 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
9794 memcpy (names, a, len);
9797 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9798 names += sizeof ("@plt");
9805 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9806 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9807 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
9808 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9811 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
9812 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9814 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9816 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
9818 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
9820 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9821 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9822 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9823 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9824 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
9825 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
9829 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9830 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9831 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9834 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
9836 return (type == STT_FUNC
9837 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
9840 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9841 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9842 otherwise return zero. */
9845 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
9850 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
9851 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
9852 || sym->section != sec)
9855 *code_off = sym->value;
9857 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
9858 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;